1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
215 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
216 unsigned long h
= 5381;
219 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
220 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
221 return h
& 0xffffffff;
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
227 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
229 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
230 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
234 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
250 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
254 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
255 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
258 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
259 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
263 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
278 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
281 return (char *) shstrtab
;
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
286 unsigned int shindex
,
287 unsigned int strindex
)
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
294 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
296 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
300 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
302 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
306 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
312 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
332 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
347 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
348 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
350 /* Read the symbols. */
352 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
353 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
354 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
355 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
356 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
357 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
359 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
360 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
362 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
370 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
374 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
375 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
376 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
378 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
380 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
382 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
391 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
393 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
394 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
400 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
402 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
403 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
406 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
408 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
409 free (alloc_extshndx
);
414 /* Look up a symbol name. */
416 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
417 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
418 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
422 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
423 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
425 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
426 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
427 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
428 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
430 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
431 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
434 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
437 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
438 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
443 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
444 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
447 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
448 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
450 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
452 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
453 signature just a string? */
456 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
459 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
460 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
461 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
463 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
464 that it is a symbol table section. */
465 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
466 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
467 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
470 /* Go read the symbol. */
471 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
472 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
473 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
476 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
479 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
482 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
484 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
486 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
487 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
490 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
492 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
493 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
494 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
496 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
499 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
505 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
506 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
510 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
511 so we can find them quickly. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
515 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
516 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
517 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
521 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
524 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
527 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
529 /* Add to list of sections. */
530 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
533 /* Read the raw contents. */
534 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
535 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
536 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
538 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
539 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
540 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
544 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
545 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
546 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
548 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
549 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
556 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
557 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
560 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
561 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
562 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
567 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
568 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
571 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
578 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
582 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
584 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
585 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
586 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
588 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
589 section is a member. */
591 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
595 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
596 other members to see if any others are linked via
598 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
599 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
601 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
602 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
606 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
607 insert current section in circular list. */
608 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
609 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
610 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
616 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
619 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
621 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
622 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
625 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
627 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
628 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
636 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
638 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
645 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
648 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
649 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
652 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
653 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
656 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
658 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
659 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
660 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
661 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
664 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
665 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
666 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
667 bed
->link_order_error_handler
668 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
675 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
678 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
679 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
680 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
683 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
684 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
685 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
689 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
694 /* Process section groups. */
695 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
698 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
701 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
702 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
705 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
706 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
707 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
708 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
709 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
710 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
711 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
712 relocation sections are in section group in input object
714 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
717 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
718 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
719 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
721 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
722 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
723 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
726 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
734 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
736 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
739 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
740 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
743 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
750 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
752 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
754 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
755 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
759 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
763 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
764 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
765 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
767 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
768 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
769 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
771 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
773 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
774 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
776 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
779 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
780 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
781 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
782 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
783 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
784 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
787 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
790 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
791 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
792 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
794 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
796 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
799 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
800 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
801 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
803 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
804 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
806 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
807 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
809 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
811 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
812 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
817 } debug_sections
[] =
819 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
820 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
821 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
822 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
823 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
824 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
825 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
826 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
827 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
828 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
829 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
830 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
831 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
832 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
833 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
834 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
839 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
841 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
842 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
843 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
844 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
845 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
849 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
850 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
851 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
852 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
853 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
854 all but one of the sections. */
855 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
856 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
857 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
859 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
861 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
864 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
867 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
869 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
872 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
873 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
874 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
875 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
876 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
878 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
881 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
883 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
884 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
886 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
887 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
888 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
889 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
891 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
892 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
893 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
894 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
895 place special significance on the address 0 and
896 executables need to be able to have a segment which
897 covers this address. */
898 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
899 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
900 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
901 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
902 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
903 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
904 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
906 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
907 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
908 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
910 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
911 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
912 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
913 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
914 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
915 segment will contain sections with contiguous
916 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
917 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
918 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
920 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
921 offsets whether a section with zero size should
922 be placed at the end of one segment or the
923 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
924 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
925 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
926 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
941 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
944 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
945 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
946 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
947 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
948 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
951 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
952 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
954 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
959 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
962 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
963 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
964 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
966 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
967 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
968 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
975 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
976 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
977 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
978 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
981 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
982 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
983 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
984 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
985 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
986 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
987 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
988 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
989 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
991 bfd_reloc_status_type
992 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
993 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
995 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
996 asection
*input_section
,
998 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1000 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1001 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1002 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1003 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1005 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1006 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1009 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1012 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1015 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1018 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1019 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1022 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1025 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1030 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1033 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1034 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1035 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1036 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1037 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1039 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1041 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1042 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1043 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1044 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1046 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1047 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1050 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1051 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1052 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1057 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1059 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1060 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1061 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1064 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1067 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1071 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1073 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1074 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1077 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1078 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1079 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1081 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1082 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1083 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1088 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1093 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1094 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1095 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1096 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1097 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1098 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1099 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1100 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1101 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1102 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1103 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1104 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1109 /* Print out the program headers. */
1112 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1115 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1117 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1119 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1124 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1125 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1126 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1128 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1133 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1136 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1137 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1138 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1139 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1140 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1141 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1142 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1143 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1144 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1145 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1146 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1147 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1148 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1149 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1150 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1151 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1152 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1157 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1161 unsigned long shlink
;
1162 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1164 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1166 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1171 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1174 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1176 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1177 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1180 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1181 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1183 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1186 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1188 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1190 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1197 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1201 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1202 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1204 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1205 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1206 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1207 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1208 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1209 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1210 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1212 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1213 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1214 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1215 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1216 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1217 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1218 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1220 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1221 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1222 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1223 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1224 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1225 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1226 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1227 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1228 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1229 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1230 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1231 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1232 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1233 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1234 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1235 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1236 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1237 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1238 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1239 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1240 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1241 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1242 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1243 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1245 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1246 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1247 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1248 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1249 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1250 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1251 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1252 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1253 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1254 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1255 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1256 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1257 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1258 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1261 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1263 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1267 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1269 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1272 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1281 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1282 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1284 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1288 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1290 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1292 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1293 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1295 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1296 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1297 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1298 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1300 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1303 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1307 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1313 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1315 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1317 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1318 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1320 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1322 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1323 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1324 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1325 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1326 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1327 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1339 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1342 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1345 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1350 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1351 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1353 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1354 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1355 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1356 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1360 const char *section_name
;
1361 const char *name
= NULL
;
1362 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1363 unsigned char st_other
;
1366 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1369 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1370 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1374 name
= symbol
->name
;
1375 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1378 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1379 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1380 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1381 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1382 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1383 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1384 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1386 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1387 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1389 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1390 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1391 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1392 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1394 unsigned int vernum
;
1395 const char *version_string
;
1397 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1400 version_string
= "";
1401 else if (vernum
== 1)
1402 version_string
= "Base";
1403 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1405 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1408 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1410 version_string
= "";
1411 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1415 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1417 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1419 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1421 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1428 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1429 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1434 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1435 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1440 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1441 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1446 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1447 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1448 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1450 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1452 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1455 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1461 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1463 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1464 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1465 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1468 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1472 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1477 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1478 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1482 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1484 /* Set local fields. */
1487 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1488 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1489 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1490 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1491 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1492 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1493 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1494 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1501 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1502 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1509 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1511 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1512 symbol which just became indirect. */
1514 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1515 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1516 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1517 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1518 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1519 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1521 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1524 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1525 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1526 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1527 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1529 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1530 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1531 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1532 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1535 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1537 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1538 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1539 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1540 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1543 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1545 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1546 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1547 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1548 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1550 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1555 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1557 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1559 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1563 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1564 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1567 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1573 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1576 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1577 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1579 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1580 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1582 unsigned int entsize
)
1585 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1587 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1588 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1589 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1590 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1591 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1592 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1593 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1594 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1595 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1596 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1597 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1600 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1601 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1602 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1603 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1604 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1605 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1606 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1607 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1608 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1610 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1611 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1616 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1619 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1621 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1622 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1624 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1628 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1629 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1638 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1639 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1640 entry for a dynamic object. */
1643 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1645 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1646 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1647 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1651 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1654 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1655 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1656 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1663 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1665 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1666 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1667 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1670 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1671 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1673 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1674 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1677 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1679 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1682 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1683 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1685 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1686 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1687 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1689 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1691 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1694 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1695 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1696 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1699 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1701 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1702 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1703 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1707 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1708 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1711 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1712 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1715 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1717 unsigned long shlink
;
1718 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1720 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1724 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1725 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1728 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1729 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1732 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1735 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1739 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1741 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1742 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1745 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1746 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1748 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1750 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1752 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1755 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1758 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1759 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1762 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1767 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1788 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1790 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1791 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1793 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1795 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1800 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1801 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1802 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1804 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1811 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1813 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1816 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1819 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1820 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1823 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1824 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1829 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1832 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1835 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1836 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1837 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1838 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1839 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1840 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1841 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1842 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1843 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1844 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1846 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1847 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1849 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1850 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1852 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1856 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1857 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1858 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1859 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1861 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1862 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1866 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1868 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1869 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1871 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1872 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1874 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1882 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1883 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1886 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1888 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1889 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1891 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1892 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1894 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1895 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1896 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1897 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1898 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1900 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1901 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1902 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1906 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1907 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1908 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1909 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1911 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1913 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1914 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1916 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1917 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1918 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1922 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1924 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1925 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1926 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1930 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1934 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1935 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1938 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1940 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1941 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1943 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1944 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1946 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1947 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1948 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1950 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1951 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1954 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1955 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1956 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1957 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1960 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1961 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1963 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1966 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1969 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1973 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1976 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1980 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1981 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1982 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1988 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1989 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1990 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1991 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1993 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1995 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1996 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1999 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2001 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2004 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2006 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2008 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2009 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2013 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2017 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2019 asection
*target_sect
;
2020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2021 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2024 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2025 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2028 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2029 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2030 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2032 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2033 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2034 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2039 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2040 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2041 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2042 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2043 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2044 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2045 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2046 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2047 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2053 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2055 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2056 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2067 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2070 /* Get the symbol table. */
2071 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2072 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2073 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2076 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2077 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2078 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2079 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2080 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2081 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2082 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2083 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2084 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2085 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2086 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2087 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2091 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2093 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2094 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2097 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2098 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2099 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2103 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2104 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2105 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2106 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2109 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2110 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2111 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2112 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2113 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2114 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2115 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2116 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2117 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2118 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2123 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2124 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2125 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2126 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2129 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2130 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2132 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2133 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2134 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2136 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2137 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2139 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2145 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2146 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2148 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2150 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2153 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2155 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2157 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2158 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2161 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2162 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2163 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2165 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2167 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2168 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2169 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2171 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2178 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2179 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2182 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2184 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2185 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2186 for applications? */
2187 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2188 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2189 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2190 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2192 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2193 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2196 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2197 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2198 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2199 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2200 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2202 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2203 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2205 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2206 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2207 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2208 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2209 be rejected with an error message. */
2210 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2211 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2213 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2215 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2216 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2219 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2220 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2221 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2222 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2230 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2231 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2234 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2235 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2237 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2239 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2240 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2241 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2242 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2243 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2245 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2246 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2248 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2249 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2250 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2253 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2255 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2258 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2259 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2260 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2261 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2264 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2266 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2268 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2271 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2275 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2277 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2279 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2282 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2284 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2285 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2288 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2290 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2291 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2294 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2296 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2297 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2298 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2299 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2300 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2301 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2302 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2303 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2304 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2305 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2306 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2309 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2312 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2313 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2318 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2319 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2321 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2324 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2332 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2337 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2338 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2339 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2340 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2345 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2346 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2349 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2351 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2352 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2353 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2356 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2358 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2359 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2360 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2363 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2365 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2366 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2367 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2368 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2369 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2372 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2374 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2375 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2376 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2377 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".stabstr"), 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2378 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2381 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2383 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2384 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2385 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2386 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2389 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2391 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2392 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2393 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2395 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2396 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2397 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2398 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2401 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2403 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2405 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2407 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2408 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2409 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2412 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2413 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2414 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2420 len
= strlen (name
);
2422 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2425 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2427 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2429 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2432 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2433 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2435 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2437 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2439 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2440 && (suffix_len
== -2
2441 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2447 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2449 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2450 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2460 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2461 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2464 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2467 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2468 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2471 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2472 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2475 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2476 bed
->special_sections
,
2482 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2485 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2486 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2489 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2494 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2498 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2500 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2501 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2502 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2504 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2507 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2510 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2513 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2514 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2515 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2517 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2518 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2519 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2520 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2521 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2522 elf_fake_sections. */
2523 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2524 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2526 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2529 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2530 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2534 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2537 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2539 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2540 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2541 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2542 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2544 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2545 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2546 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2547 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2548 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2549 of combined data+bss.
2551 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2552 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2553 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2554 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2555 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2560 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2561 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2563 const char *typename
)
2571 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2572 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2573 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2574 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2575 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2576 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2579 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2580 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2581 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2583 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2584 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2585 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2586 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2587 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2588 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2589 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2591 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2592 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2593 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2595 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2597 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2600 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2602 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2607 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2608 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2609 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2612 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2613 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2614 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2616 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2617 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2618 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2619 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2621 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2622 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2623 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2625 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2626 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2633 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2635 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2637 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2640 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2643 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2646 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2649 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2652 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2654 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2659 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2662 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2664 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2669 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2672 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2675 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2676 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2677 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2681 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2682 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2683 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2686 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2689 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2692 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2693 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2695 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2698 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2700 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2702 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2704 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2705 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2706 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2707 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2708 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2709 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2710 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2711 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2712 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2717 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2720 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2723 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2724 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2728 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2733 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2735 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2736 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2737 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2743 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2745 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2746 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2747 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2749 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2751 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2752 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2753 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2754 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2755 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2756 copy_private_section_data. */
2758 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2759 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2761 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2763 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2765 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2766 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2767 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2768 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2769 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2770 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2772 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2775 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2781 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2782 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2783 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2790 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2794 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2798 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2802 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2803 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2807 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2808 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2811 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2812 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2815 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2816 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2817 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2818 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2820 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2821 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2823 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2824 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2827 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2828 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2829 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2830 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2832 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2833 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2835 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2836 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2840 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2844 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2848 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2849 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2850 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2851 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2852 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2853 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2854 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2856 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2857 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2858 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2859 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2861 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2862 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2863 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2865 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2866 if (asect
->size
== 0
2867 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2869 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2871 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2874 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2875 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2876 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2881 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2882 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2883 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2886 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2887 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2888 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2889 create the other. */
2890 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2891 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2892 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2898 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2901 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2903 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2904 unsigned long symindx
;
2905 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2909 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2911 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2916 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2917 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2921 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2922 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2923 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2924 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2926 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2928 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2930 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2932 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2935 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2937 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2938 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2939 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2946 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2948 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2949 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2950 start of the input section group. */
2951 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2953 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2954 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2955 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2956 directives, not that it matters. */
2965 s
= s
->output_section
;
2968 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2969 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2970 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2975 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2978 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2981 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2982 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2983 in here too, while we're at it. */
2986 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2988 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2990 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2992 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2996 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2998 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2999 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3001 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3002 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3004 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3006 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3008 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3010 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3011 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3012 abfd
->section_count
--;
3016 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3017 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3018 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3024 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3026 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3028 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3030 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3031 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3032 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3034 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3035 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3039 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3040 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3041 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3042 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3047 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3048 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3049 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3050 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3056 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3057 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3058 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3059 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3060 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3062 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3064 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3065 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3066 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3067 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3068 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3070 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3071 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3072 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3073 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3074 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3075 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3076 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3079 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3080 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3081 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3082 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3085 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3086 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3088 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3089 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3090 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3091 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3093 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3095 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3096 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3099 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3100 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3102 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3106 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3108 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3109 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3111 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3112 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3114 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3115 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3117 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3118 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3121 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3123 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3127 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3128 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3129 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3130 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3131 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3133 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3135 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3136 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3137 the relocation entries apply. */
3138 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3140 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3141 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3143 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3145 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3146 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3149 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3150 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3152 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3155 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3156 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3158 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3159 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3162 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3163 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3164 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3166 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3167 size as the discarded one. */
3168 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3177 s
= s
->output_section
;
3178 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3182 /* Handle objcopy. */
3183 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3185 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3186 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3187 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3188 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3191 s
= s
->output_section
;
3193 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3198 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3199 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3200 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3202 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3203 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3204 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3205 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3206 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3211 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3215 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3216 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3217 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3218 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3219 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3220 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3221 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3223 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3225 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3227 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3231 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3233 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3237 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3238 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3239 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3240 field to point to this section. */
3241 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3242 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3247 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3248 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3251 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3252 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3253 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3257 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3259 /* This is a .stab section. */
3260 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3261 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3262 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3269 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3270 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3271 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3272 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3274 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3276 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3279 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3280 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3282 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3284 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3285 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3287 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3292 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3293 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3294 this hash table or version table is for. */
3295 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3297 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3301 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3305 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3306 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3307 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3309 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3310 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3314 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3315 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3318 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3320 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3322 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3323 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3325 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3326 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3327 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3330 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3331 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3332 special sections. */
3335 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3337 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3339 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3340 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3341 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3345 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3347 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3348 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3349 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3350 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3351 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3352 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3353 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3360 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3364 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3366 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3367 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3371 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3372 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3374 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3375 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3377 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3378 decided to output. */
3379 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3381 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3383 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3384 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3386 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3388 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3389 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3391 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3395 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3396 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3398 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3400 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3406 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3407 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3408 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3409 at least in that case. */
3410 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3412 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3414 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3421 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3422 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3424 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3427 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3429 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3432 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3434 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3437 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3439 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3441 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3443 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3445 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3448 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3449 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3452 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3454 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3458 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3460 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3461 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3465 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3466 ELF data structure. */
3468 static inline file_ptr
3469 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3471 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3474 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3475 required section alignment. */
3478 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3486 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3488 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3490 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3491 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3492 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3493 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3494 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3498 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3499 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3500 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3503 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3504 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3508 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3511 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3514 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3515 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3516 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3518 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3521 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3522 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3523 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3526 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3530 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3533 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3534 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3536 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3537 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3539 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3543 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3545 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3550 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3551 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3552 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3553 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3554 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3555 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3556 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3557 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3558 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3559 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3560 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3562 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3565 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3570 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3572 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3573 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3575 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3576 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3577 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3579 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3580 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3584 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3586 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3587 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3589 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3592 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3597 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3598 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3600 static bfd_size_type
3601 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3605 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3607 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3608 and one for data. */
3611 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3612 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3614 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3615 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3616 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3621 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3623 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3626 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3628 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3629 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3634 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3636 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3640 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3642 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3646 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3648 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3649 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3651 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3656 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3658 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3660 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3666 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3667 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3668 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3672 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3678 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3681 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3683 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3684 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3685 asection
**sections
,
3690 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3695 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3696 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3697 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3701 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3702 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3703 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3704 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3706 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3708 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3709 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3710 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3716 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3719 struct elf_segment_map
*
3720 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3722 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3724 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3728 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3730 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3735 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3738 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3740 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3741 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3743 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3744 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3745 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3746 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3748 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3751 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3753 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3755 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3756 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3757 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3759 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3763 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3765 if ((*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3771 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3772 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3774 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3781 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3784 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3787 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3788 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3789 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3791 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3792 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3796 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3797 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3800 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3801 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3803 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3804 bfd_boolean writable
;
3806 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3807 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3810 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3812 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3813 if (sections
== NULL
)
3817 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3819 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3825 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3828 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3830 /* Build the mapping. */
3835 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3836 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3838 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3839 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3841 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3842 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3846 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3847 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3848 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3849 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3850 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3855 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3856 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3860 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3868 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3869 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3870 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3874 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3876 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3878 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3881 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3882 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3883 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3884 program headers we will need. */
3887 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3889 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3890 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3891 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3892 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3893 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3894 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3897 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3900 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3904 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3907 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3909 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3910 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3911 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3913 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3915 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3916 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3920 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3921 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3923 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3924 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3927 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3928 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3930 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3931 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3932 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3935 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3937 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3938 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3939 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3940 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3943 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3944 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3945 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3946 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3948 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3949 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3950 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3951 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3952 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3953 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3954 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3959 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3960 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3965 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3968 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3969 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3970 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3971 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3977 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3978 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3980 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3987 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3993 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3994 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3995 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3999 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4002 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4003 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
4005 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4013 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4016 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4023 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4024 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4025 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4026 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4027 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4028 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4030 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4031 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4033 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4034 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4038 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4045 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4053 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4058 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4059 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4060 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4065 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4066 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4068 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4069 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4071 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4072 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4073 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4080 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4082 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4083 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4084 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4086 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4087 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4091 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4093 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4099 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4101 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4102 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4106 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4107 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4108 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4114 if (dynsec
!= NULL
&& elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4116 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
4117 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4118 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4119 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4123 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4125 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4132 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4135 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4138 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4140 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4145 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4150 /* Sort sections by address. */
4153 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4155 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4156 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4157 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4159 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4160 place the section into a segment. */
4161 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4163 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4166 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4167 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4168 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4170 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4173 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4175 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4181 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4182 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4183 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4184 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4189 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4194 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4195 before others at the same address. */
4197 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4198 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4205 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4208 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4210 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4211 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4212 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4213 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4214 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4217 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4218 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4220 /* In other words, something like:
4222 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4223 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4224 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4225 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4227 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4229 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4232 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4234 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4237 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4238 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4242 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4243 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4245 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4246 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4247 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4248 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4250 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4254 if (link_info
== NULL
4255 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4259 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4262 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4263 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4264 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4266 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4267 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4269 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4270 == alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4278 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4279 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4284 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4285 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4287 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4288 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4290 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4296 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4297 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4298 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4299 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4300 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4302 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4303 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4304 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4307 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4308 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4309 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4310 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4311 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4312 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4313 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4315 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4316 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4321 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4323 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4324 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4325 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4328 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4330 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4331 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4333 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4334 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4335 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4336 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4337 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4338 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4339 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4341 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4342 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4344 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4346 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4347 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4351 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4354 bfd_size_type align
;
4356 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4358 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4360 unsigned int secalign
;
4362 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4363 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4364 align_power
= secalign
;
4366 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4368 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4369 align
= maxpagesize
;
4371 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4374 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4375 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4376 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4378 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4379 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4380 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4381 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4382 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4383 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4385 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
4386 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4388 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4392 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4398 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4399 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4400 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4402 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4405 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4407 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4415 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4417 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4420 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4421 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4424 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4426 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4428 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4429 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4431 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4436 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4441 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4443 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4446 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4448 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4452 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4453 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4454 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4455 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4459 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4460 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4463 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4464 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4466 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4467 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4472 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4473 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4474 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4478 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4479 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4480 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4481 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4482 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4483 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4487 bfd_size_type align
;
4491 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4493 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4494 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4496 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4498 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4500 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4503 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4504 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4505 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4509 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4510 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4512 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4514 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4515 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4516 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4518 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4519 modulo the page size. */
4520 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4521 if (page
< maxpagesize
)
4523 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4524 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4526 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4530 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4532 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4538 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4544 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4553 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4555 sec
->filepos
= off
+ voff
;
4556 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4557 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4558 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4559 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4560 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4561 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4562 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4563 people do this. The data statement results in a
4564 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4565 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4566 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4567 section with contents to the output. Make room
4568 here for the write, so that following segments are
4570 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4571 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4575 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4577 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4578 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4581 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4583 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4584 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4585 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4586 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4588 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4590 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4592 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4594 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4597 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4599 else if (align
> p
->p_align
4600 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4601 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4605 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4608 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4610 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4616 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4620 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4623 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4624 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4626 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4627 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4628 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4629 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4630 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4631 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4632 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4633 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4635 unsigned int num_sec
;
4639 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4640 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4641 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4642 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4644 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4645 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4648 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4649 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4650 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4651 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4652 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4653 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4655 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4656 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4658 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4660 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4661 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4662 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4665 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4667 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4670 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4671 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4672 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4673 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4674 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4675 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4677 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4679 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4681 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4682 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4686 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4687 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4691 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4693 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4694 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4699 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4702 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4704 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4705 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4707 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4709 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4710 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4711 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4713 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4714 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4719 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4725 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4726 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4729 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4731 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4732 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4733 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4734 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4735 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4737 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4742 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4744 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4745 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4746 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4748 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4750 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4751 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4752 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4754 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4756 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4758 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4760 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4761 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4762 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4763 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4764 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4768 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4769 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4771 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4772 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4773 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4774 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4775 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4777 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4781 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4782 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4788 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4793 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4794 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4795 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4797 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4798 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4799 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4800 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4801 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4802 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4803 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4805 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4808 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4809 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4811 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4812 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4817 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4819 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4820 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4821 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4824 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4825 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4827 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4828 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4829 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4830 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4832 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4835 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4836 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4837 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4838 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4839 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4841 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4844 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4846 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4848 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4849 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4857 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4858 assignment of sections to segments. */
4859 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4862 /* And for non-load sections. */
4863 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4866 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4868 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4872 /* Write out the program headers. */
4873 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4874 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4875 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4878 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4881 /* Place the section headers. */
4882 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4883 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4884 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4886 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4892 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4894 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4895 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4896 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4897 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4898 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4900 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4901 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4903 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4904 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4907 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4909 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4910 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4911 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4912 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4914 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4915 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4916 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4917 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4919 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4920 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4921 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4922 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4923 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4924 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4926 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4928 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4930 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4931 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4934 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4935 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4936 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4937 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4938 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4939 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4940 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4941 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4943 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4946 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4947 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4949 /* No program header, for now. */
4950 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4951 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4952 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4954 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4955 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4956 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4958 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4959 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4960 /* It all happens later. */
4964 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4966 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4969 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4970 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4972 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4974 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4975 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4976 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4977 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4983 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4984 of the loadable file image. */
4987 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4990 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4993 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4995 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4996 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5001 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5002 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5003 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5006 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5010 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5012 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5013 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5014 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5016 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5018 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5019 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5022 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5023 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5026 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5030 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5032 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5033 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5034 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5036 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5037 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5038 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5040 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5042 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5043 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5046 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5047 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5050 /* Write out the section header names. */
5051 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5052 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5053 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5056 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5057 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5058 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5060 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5064 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5066 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5067 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5070 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5073 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5075 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5078 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5079 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5080 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5082 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5084 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5086 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5091 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5092 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5096 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5101 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5106 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5110 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5112 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5114 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5116 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5117 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5118 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5119 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5120 input sections rather than the output section. */
5121 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5122 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5123 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5128 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5129 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5130 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5131 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5132 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5133 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5134 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5137 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5141 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5142 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5143 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5144 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5145 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5146 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5153 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5154 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5155 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5163 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5166 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5168 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5169 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5170 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5171 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5172 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5175 unsigned int num_segments
;
5176 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5177 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5178 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5179 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5180 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5182 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5183 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5186 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5188 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5189 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5191 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5192 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5193 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5194 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5196 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5197 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5198 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5199 ? section->size : 0)
5201 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5202 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5203 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5204 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5205 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5206 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5208 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5209 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5210 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5211 (section->lma >= base \
5212 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5213 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5215 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5216 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5217 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5218 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5219 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5220 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5221 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5222 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5224 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5225 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5226 p_memsz set to 0. */
5227 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5229 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5230 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5231 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5232 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5234 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5235 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5236 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5238 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5239 A section will be included if:
5240 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5241 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5242 2. It is an allocated segment,
5243 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5244 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5245 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5246 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5247 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5248 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5249 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5250 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5251 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5252 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5253 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5254 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5255 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5256 && section->output_section != NULL \
5257 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5258 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5259 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5260 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5261 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5262 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5263 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5264 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5265 || (segment->p_paddr \
5266 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5267 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5268 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5270 && ! section->segment_mark)
5272 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5273 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5274 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5276 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5277 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5278 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5279 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5280 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5282 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5283 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5284 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5285 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5286 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5288 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5289 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5290 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5292 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5293 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5294 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5295 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5296 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5301 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5303 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5304 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5305 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5307 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5308 assignment code will work. */
5309 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5313 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5316 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5317 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5319 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5321 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5322 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5325 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5326 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5328 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5331 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5332 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5334 if (extra_length
> 0)
5336 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5337 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5340 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5342 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5344 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5349 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5352 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5353 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5355 if (extra_length
> 0)
5357 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5358 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5361 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5366 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5367 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5371 unsigned int section_count
;
5372 asection
** sections
;
5373 asection
* output_section
;
5375 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5376 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5380 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5383 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5384 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5386 section
= section
->next
)
5387 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5390 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5391 all of the sections we have selected. */
5392 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5393 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5394 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5398 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5399 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5401 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5402 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5403 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5404 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5405 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5407 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5408 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5409 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5410 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5412 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5414 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5416 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5417 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5418 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5419 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5420 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5422 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5423 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5426 if (section_count
== 0)
5428 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5429 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5430 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5431 a warning is produced. */
5432 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5433 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5434 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5438 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5439 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5444 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5445 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5446 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5447 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5449 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5450 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5453 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5454 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5455 of the first section.
5457 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5458 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5459 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5460 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5461 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5463 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5464 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5465 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5466 or segments to contain the other sections.
5468 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5469 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5470 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5472 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5473 to work around this long long bug. */
5474 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5475 if (sections
== NULL
)
5478 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5479 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5480 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5481 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5482 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5488 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5490 section
= section
->next
)
5492 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5494 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5496 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5498 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5499 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5500 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5501 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5502 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5503 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5504 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5506 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5507 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5508 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5511 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5513 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5515 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5517 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5518 LMA address of the output section. */
5519 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5520 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5521 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5522 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5525 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5526 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5528 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5529 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5531 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5533 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5534 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5538 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5540 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5542 if (isec
== section_count
)
5544 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5545 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5546 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5547 program header in the input BFD. */
5548 map
->count
= section_count
;
5549 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5550 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5557 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5559 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5560 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5561 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5562 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5566 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5567 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5568 the LMA of the first section. */
5569 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5572 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5573 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5574 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5575 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5577 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5579 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5581 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5582 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5583 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5584 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5585 offset when we know the correct value. */
5586 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5587 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5591 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5592 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5593 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5594 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5595 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5596 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5604 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5605 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5607 section
= sections
[j
];
5609 if (section
== NULL
)
5612 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5614 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5616 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5617 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5619 if (map
->count
== 0)
5621 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5622 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5624 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5626 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5627 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5628 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5634 asection
* prev_sec
;
5636 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5638 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5639 and the start of this section is more than
5640 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5641 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5643 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5644 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5645 > output_section
->lma
))
5647 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5648 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5654 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5657 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5659 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5660 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5663 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5665 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5666 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5667 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5669 if (isec
< section_count
)
5671 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5672 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5673 and carry on looping. */
5674 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5675 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5676 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5683 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5684 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5685 not yet been assigned. */
5687 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5688 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5689 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5690 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5691 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5692 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5693 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5696 while (isec
< section_count
);
5701 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5702 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5703 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5704 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5705 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5706 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5709 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5710 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5712 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5714 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5715 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5716 the offset if necessary. */
5717 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5721 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5724 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5725 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5726 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5731 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5732 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5733 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5734 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5735 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5736 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5737 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5741 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5744 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5746 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5747 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5748 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5749 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5750 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5752 unsigned int num_segments
;
5753 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5755 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5758 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5760 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5761 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5766 unsigned int section_count
;
5768 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5770 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5771 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5774 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5775 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5777 section
= section
->next
)
5779 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5780 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5784 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5785 all of the sections we have selected. */
5786 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5787 if (section_count
!= 0)
5788 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5789 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5793 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5796 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5797 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5798 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5799 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5800 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5801 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5802 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5804 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5805 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5806 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5807 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5809 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5810 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5812 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5813 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5814 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5815 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5816 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5818 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5819 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5822 if (section_count
!= 0)
5824 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5826 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5828 section
= section
->next
)
5830 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5831 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5832 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5836 map
->count
= section_count
;
5837 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5838 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5841 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5845 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5849 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5851 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5852 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5855 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5858 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5860 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5861 header are changed. */
5862 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5863 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5864 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5867 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5868 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5869 section
= section
->next
)
5870 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5872 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5873 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5877 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5878 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5880 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5881 from the input BFD. */
5882 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5884 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5886 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5887 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5888 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5890 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5891 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5893 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5894 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5895 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5896 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5897 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5898 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5904 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5906 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5907 section
= section
->next
)
5909 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5912 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5915 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5919 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5922 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5925 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5929 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5932 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5933 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5935 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5936 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5939 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5940 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5941 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5943 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
5944 || (osec
->flags
== 0 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
))
5945 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5947 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5948 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5949 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5950 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5953 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5954 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5956 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5957 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5958 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5959 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5963 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5965 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5966 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5967 may be NULL at this point. */
5968 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5970 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5971 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5972 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5975 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
5980 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5981 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5984 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5989 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5991 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5992 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5995 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5996 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5998 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6000 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6001 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6002 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6003 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6004 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6006 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6010 /* Copy private header information. */
6013 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6017 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6018 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6021 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6022 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6023 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6024 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6025 already been worked out. */
6026 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6028 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6032 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6033 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6034 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6035 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
6036 && isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6038 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6039 asection
*s
= first
;
6042 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6044 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6045 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6047 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6056 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6057 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6058 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6059 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6060 swap_out_syms function. */
6062 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6063 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6064 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6065 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6066 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6069 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6074 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6076 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6077 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6080 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6081 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6085 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6089 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6090 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6091 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6092 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6093 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6094 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6096 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6097 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6098 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6099 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6100 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6106 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6109 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6110 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6113 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6116 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6117 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6118 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6119 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6120 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6121 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6124 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6126 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6129 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6130 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6134 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6135 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6136 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6137 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6138 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6139 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6140 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6141 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6143 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6144 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6146 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6147 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6149 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6152 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6154 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6155 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6156 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6158 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6159 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6160 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6161 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6163 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6167 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6168 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6169 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6170 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6171 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6174 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6176 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6177 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6183 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6184 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6185 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6186 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6187 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6191 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6192 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6194 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6195 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6197 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6198 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6199 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6200 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6203 if (!name_local_sections
6204 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6206 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6211 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6214 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6216 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6221 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6223 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6224 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6226 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6227 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6228 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6229 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6230 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6231 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6232 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6234 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6235 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6236 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6240 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6243 if (sec
->output_section
)
6245 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6246 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6249 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6250 if (! relocatable_p
)
6252 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6253 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6255 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6257 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6259 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6260 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6261 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6262 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6266 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6269 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6272 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6275 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6278 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6286 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6292 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6293 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6294 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6295 demand of applications. For example, it
6296 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6297 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6298 actually in the output file. */
6299 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6302 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6303 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6304 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6307 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6311 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6312 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6316 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6319 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6321 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6323 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6328 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6331 /* Processor-specific types. */
6332 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6333 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6334 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6335 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6337 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6339 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6340 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6342 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6344 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6345 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6346 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6347 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6351 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6352 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6355 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6357 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6359 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6361 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6364 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6367 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6368 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6372 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6373 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6374 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6375 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6379 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6380 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6382 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6383 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6384 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6385 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6386 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6387 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6392 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6394 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6395 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6396 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6399 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6403 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6405 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6406 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6408 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6414 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6418 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6420 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6422 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6426 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6427 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6429 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6435 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6438 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6441 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6444 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6451 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6453 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6456 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6457 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6458 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6462 return section
->reloc_count
;
6466 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6468 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6469 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6472 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6477 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6478 asymbol
**allocation
)
6480 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6481 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6484 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6488 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6489 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6490 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6491 dynamic reloc section. */
6494 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6499 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6501 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6505 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6506 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6507 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6508 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6509 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6510 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6511 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6512 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6517 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6518 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6519 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6520 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6521 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6522 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6523 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6526 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6530 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6534 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6536 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6540 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6542 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6544 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6545 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6546 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6547 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6552 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6554 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6556 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6567 /* Read in the version information. */
6570 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6572 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6573 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6575 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6577 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6578 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6579 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6581 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6583 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6585 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6586 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6587 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6592 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6593 if (contents
== NULL
)
6595 error_return_verref
:
6596 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6597 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6600 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6601 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6602 goto error_return_verref
;
6604 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6605 goto error_return_verref
;
6607 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6608 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6609 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6610 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6611 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6612 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6614 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6615 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6618 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6620 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6622 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6623 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6625 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6626 goto error_return_verref
;
6628 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6629 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6632 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6633 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6634 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6635 goto error_return_verref
;
6638 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6639 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6640 goto error_return_verref
;
6642 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6643 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6644 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6645 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6647 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6649 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6650 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6651 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6652 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6653 goto error_return_verref
;
6655 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6656 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6658 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6660 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6661 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6662 goto error_return_verref
;
6664 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6665 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6667 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6668 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6671 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6672 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6674 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6676 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6677 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6678 goto error_return_verref
;
6680 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6681 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6688 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6690 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6691 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6692 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6693 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6694 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6696 unsigned int maxidx
;
6697 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6699 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6701 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6702 if (contents
== NULL
)
6704 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6705 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6708 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6711 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6712 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6713 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6714 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6715 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6716 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6718 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6719 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6721 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6723 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6725 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6727 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6728 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6730 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6731 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6734 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6735 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6738 if (default_imported_symver
)
6740 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6746 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6747 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6750 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6752 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6753 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6754 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6756 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6757 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6760 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6762 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6764 error_return_verdef
:
6765 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6766 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6770 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6771 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6773 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6775 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6776 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6779 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6780 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6781 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6782 goto error_return_verdef
;
6786 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6787 goto error_return_verdef
;
6789 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6790 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6791 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6792 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6794 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6796 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6797 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6798 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6799 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6800 goto error_return_verdef
;
6802 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6803 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6805 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6807 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6808 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6809 goto error_return_verdef
;
6811 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6812 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6815 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6816 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6818 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6819 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6821 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6823 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6824 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6830 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6837 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6838 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6839 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6842 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6845 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6846 if (default_imported_symver
)
6848 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6849 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6851 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6853 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6854 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6855 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6856 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6858 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6860 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6861 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6862 goto error_return_verdef
;
6863 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6864 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6865 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6866 goto error_return_verdef
;
6868 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6869 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6870 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6876 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6882 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6884 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6885 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6887 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6892 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6893 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6898 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6902 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6905 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6906 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6910 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6913 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6914 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6917 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6918 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6919 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6922 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6923 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6924 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6925 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6926 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6927 we treat such symbols as local. */
6928 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6935 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6936 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6943 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6944 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6945 unsigned long machine
)
6947 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6948 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6949 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6950 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6951 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6954 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6957 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6958 for error reporting. */
6961 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6965 const char **filename_ptr
,
6966 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6968 const char *filename
;
6969 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6972 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6973 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6974 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6975 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6976 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6977 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6978 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6979 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6980 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6986 state
= nothing_seen
;
6988 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6992 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6994 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
7000 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7001 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7005 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7006 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7007 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7009 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7010 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7013 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7014 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7015 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7019 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7020 state
= symbol_seen
;
7027 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7028 if (functionname_ptr
)
7029 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7034 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7035 for error reporting. */
7038 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7042 const char **filename_ptr
,
7043 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7044 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7048 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7049 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7052 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7053 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7054 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7060 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7061 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7063 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7065 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7066 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7067 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7073 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7074 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7075 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7076 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7078 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7081 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7084 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7085 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7092 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7095 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7096 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7098 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7099 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7100 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7103 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7104 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7105 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7106 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7107 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7110 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7111 const char **filename_ptr
,
7112 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7113 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7116 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7117 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7118 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7123 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7125 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7126 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7128 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7130 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7132 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7134 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7137 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7138 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7141 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7144 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7152 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7154 const void *location
,
7156 bfd_size_type count
)
7158 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7161 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7162 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7165 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7166 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7167 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7168 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7175 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7176 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7177 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7182 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7185 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7187 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7189 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7191 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7192 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7194 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7195 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7197 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7199 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7202 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7205 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7208 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7211 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7214 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7217 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7223 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7225 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7227 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7228 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7230 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7235 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7241 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7244 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7247 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7250 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7253 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7259 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7263 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7271 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7272 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7273 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7279 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7281 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7283 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7284 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7285 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7288 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7291 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7292 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7293 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7296 bfd_reloc_status_type
7297 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7298 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7299 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7300 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7301 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7303 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7306 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7307 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7308 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7309 out details about the corefile. */
7311 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7312 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7315 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7318 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7320 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7321 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7324 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7325 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7326 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7330 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7334 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7337 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7341 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7342 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7343 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7347 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7348 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7349 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7350 such a section already exists.
7351 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7352 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7353 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7355 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7361 char *threaded_name
;
7365 /* Build the section name. */
7367 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7368 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7369 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7370 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7372 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7374 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7379 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7380 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7382 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7385 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7387 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7391 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7394 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7399 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7403 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7404 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7405 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7407 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7408 has already been set by another thread. */
7409 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7410 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7411 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7413 /* pr_who exists on:
7416 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7419 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7420 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7423 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7424 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7426 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7427 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7429 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7430 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7431 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7433 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7434 has already been set by another thread. */
7435 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7436 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7437 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7439 /* pr_who exists on:
7442 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7445 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7446 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7449 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7452 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7453 note size (ie. data object type). */
7457 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7458 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7459 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7461 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7463 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7465 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7467 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7469 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7470 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7473 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7474 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7475 data structure apart. */
7478 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7480 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7483 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7484 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7488 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7490 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7493 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7494 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7495 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7496 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7500 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7501 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7502 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7503 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7507 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7508 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7509 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7512 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7515 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7523 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7527 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7533 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7535 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7537 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7539 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7541 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7543 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7544 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7545 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7547 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7548 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7549 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7551 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7552 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7554 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7555 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7557 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7559 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7560 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7561 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7563 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7564 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7565 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7571 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7572 note size (ie. data object type). */
7576 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7577 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7578 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7581 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7582 int n
= strlen (command
);
7584 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7585 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7590 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7592 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7594 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7596 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7597 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7598 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7604 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7606 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7608 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7609 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7611 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7614 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7616 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7619 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7620 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7621 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7625 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7627 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7629 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7631 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7637 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7638 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7639 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7644 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7646 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7647 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7649 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7651 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7652 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7653 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7656 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7658 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7662 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7663 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7664 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7665 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7668 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7669 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7670 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7673 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7675 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7678 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7680 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7681 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7682 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7685 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7687 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7691 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7692 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7693 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7694 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7697 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7698 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7699 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7702 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7704 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7706 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7708 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7710 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7716 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7718 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7721 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7723 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7725 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7726 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7727 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7728 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7731 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7732 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7733 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7735 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7736 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7740 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7742 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7746 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7747 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7748 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7749 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7750 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7752 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7753 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7757 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7758 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7759 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7760 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7762 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7763 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7767 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7769 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7774 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7775 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7776 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7785 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7788 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7790 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7798 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7799 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7801 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7802 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7807 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7809 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7812 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7814 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7817 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7818 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7820 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7821 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7822 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7825 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7826 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7827 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7828 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7834 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7835 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7837 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7838 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7845 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7850 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7851 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7852 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7860 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7864 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7867 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7874 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7877 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7878 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7879 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7881 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7882 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7883 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7885 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7886 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7887 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7889 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7894 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7898 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7899 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7901 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7903 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7904 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7905 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7906 creates a core file. */
7908 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7911 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7912 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7913 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7916 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7920 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7922 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7923 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7925 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7926 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7929 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7930 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7932 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7933 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7939 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7940 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7945 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7946 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7948 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7949 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7959 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
7961 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7968 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7969 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7971 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7972 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7974 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7975 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7977 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7978 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7980 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7981 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7984 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7985 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7986 thread just in case. */
7987 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7988 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7990 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7991 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
7993 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7998 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8002 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8003 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8004 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8006 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8010 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8011 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8019 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8020 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8022 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8027 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8031 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8032 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8033 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8035 /* This is the current thread. */
8036 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8037 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8042 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8043 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8044 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8045 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8048 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8050 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8051 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8053 static long tid
= 1;
8057 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8058 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8059 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8060 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8061 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8062 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8063 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8064 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8070 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8077 size of data for note
8080 End of buffer containing note. */
8083 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8091 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8101 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8103 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8104 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8105 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8108 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8110 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8112 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8113 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8116 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8120 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8128 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8132 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8134 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8141 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8143 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8145 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8148 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8151 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8152 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8153 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8154 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8155 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8157 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8159 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8161 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8169 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8171 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8172 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8173 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8174 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8175 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8176 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8178 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8180 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8182 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8189 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8190 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8192 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8193 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8194 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8195 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8196 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8197 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8199 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8200 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8202 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8203 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8206 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8207 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8209 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8211 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8213 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8217 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8218 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8221 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8223 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8224 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8225 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8226 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8229 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8232 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8238 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8239 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8240 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8244 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8247 const void *xfpregs
,
8250 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8251 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8252 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8256 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8264 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8267 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8271 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8279 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8281 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8282 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8283 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8285 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8287 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8288 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8290 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8291 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8292 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8294 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8296 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8299 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
8301 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8306 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8310 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8317 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8319 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8320 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8321 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8324 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8326 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8328 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8332 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8335 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8336 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8337 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8338 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8340 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8341 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8344 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8348 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8350 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8354 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8355 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8356 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8362 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8365 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8367 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8368 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8369 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8372 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8374 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8375 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8377 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8378 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8382 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8385 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8390 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8393 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8395 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8396 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8397 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8400 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8402 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8403 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8405 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8406 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8410 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8411 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8414 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8418 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8419 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8421 return reloc_class_normal
;
8424 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8425 relocation against a local symbol. */
8428 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8429 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8431 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8433 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8436 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8437 + sec
->output_offset
8439 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8440 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8441 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8444 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8445 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8446 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8449 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8450 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8451 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8452 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8453 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8454 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8455 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8458 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8459 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8465 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8466 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8470 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8472 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8473 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8475 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8476 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8477 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8481 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8482 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8486 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8488 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8489 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8491 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8492 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8498 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8499 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8500 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8501 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8502 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8503 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8505 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8506 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8507 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8508 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8509 the remote memory. */
8512 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8516 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8518 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8519 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8523 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8524 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8525 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8530 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8533 const char *relplt_name
;
8534 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8538 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8544 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8547 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8550 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8553 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8554 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8555 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8556 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8560 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8561 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8562 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8565 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8569 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8570 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8573 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8574 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8575 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8576 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8577 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8579 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8583 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8584 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8586 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8591 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8592 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8595 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8596 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8597 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8598 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8599 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8601 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8603 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8604 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8606 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8607 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8614 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8615 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8618 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8620 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8621 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8624 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8625 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8626 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8628 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8629 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8632 /* Sorted by section index. */
8633 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8637 /* Sorted by binding. */
8638 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8643 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8648 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8650 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8651 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8652 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8655 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8659 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8662 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8663 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8664 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8665 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8666 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8667 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8668 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8669 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8676 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8678 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
8679 && CONST_STRNEQ (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce"))
8680 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8681 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8683 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8684 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8685 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8688 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8691 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8692 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8694 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8696 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8700 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8701 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8702 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8705 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8706 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8707 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8708 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8709 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8710 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8712 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8715 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8717 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8721 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8724 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8726 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8727 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8728 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8729 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8731 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8733 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8734 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8736 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8743 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8748 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8749 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8751 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8758 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8762 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8765 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8766 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8768 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8772 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8773 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8776 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8783 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8784 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8787 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8793 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8794 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8795 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8796 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8797 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8799 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8800 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8801 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8802 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8803 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8821 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8822 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8823 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8824 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8826 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8829 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8830 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8834 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8835 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8838 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);